1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
43 typedef enum split16_format_type
50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
53 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
55 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
68 /* For old-style PLT. */
69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 0x60000000, /* nop */
111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 0x60000000, /* nop */
125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 0x60000000, /* nop */
138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
149 /* Some instructions. */
150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
158 #define BA 0x48000002
159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
179 #define NOP 0x60000000
180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
201 complain, special_func) \
202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
206 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
209 /* This reloc does nothing. */
210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
246 bits must be zero. */
247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
252 two bits must be zero. */
253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
297 entry for the symbol. */
298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
304 shared library into the object, because the object being
305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
338 /* 32-bit PC relative */
339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
343 FIXME: not supported. */
344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
348 FIXME: not supported. */
349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
406 definition of its TLS sym. */
407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
455 to the first entry. */
456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
490 the offset to the entry. */
491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
507 offset to the entry. */
508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE
, signed,
586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
654 /* e_li split20 format. */
655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
704 unsigned int i
, type
;
707 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
710 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
711 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
714 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
718 static reloc_howto_type
*
719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
726 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
737 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
853 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
865 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
868 static reloc_howto_type
*
869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
875 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
889 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
897 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
898 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
907 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
911 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
926 static bfd_reloc_status_type
927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
928 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
931 asection
*input_section
,
933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
937 bfd_size_type octets
;
940 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
942 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
946 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
947 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
948 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
949 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
953 value
= symbol
->value
;
954 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
955 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
956 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
957 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
958 + input_section
->output_offset
959 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
962 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
963 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
965 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
966 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
970 static bfd_reloc_status_type
971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
972 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
975 asection
*input_section
,
977 char **error_message
)
979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
982 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
984 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
986 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
989 sprintf (buf
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
990 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
991 *error_message
= buf
;
993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
996 /* Sections created by the linker. */
998 typedef struct elf_linker_section
1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1004 /* Associated bss section name. */
1005 const char *bss_name
;
1006 /* Associated symbol name. */
1007 const char *sym_name
;
1008 /* Associated symbol. */
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1010 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1014 based on different addend's. */
1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1024 /* which linker section this is */
1025 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1038 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1065 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1067 unsigned char *contents
;
1069 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1073 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1074 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1077 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1082 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1090 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1092 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1098 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1103 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1104 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1110 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1111 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1115 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1126 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1130 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1131 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1133 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1146 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1149 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1153 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1184 switch (note
->descsz
)
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1205 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1211 switch (note
->descsz
)
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1230 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1231 int n
= strlen (command
);
1233 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1234 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1250 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1253 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1254 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1255 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1264 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1270 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1281 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1282 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1283 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1285 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1287 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1289 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1292 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1315 return rel
->address
;
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1334 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1336 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1337 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1339 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1340 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1342 if (strncmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0)
1344 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
1345 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
1346 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, newsect
->flags
| flags
));
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1359 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1360 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1370 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1375 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1379 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1390 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1392 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1400 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1402 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1405 unsigned int p_flags
;
1407 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1410 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1412 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1414 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1418 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1423 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1425 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1427 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1429 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1433 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1434 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1437 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1445 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1446 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1455 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1456 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1457 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1461 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1462 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1463 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1464 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1466 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1490 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1506 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1510 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1511 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1521 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1522 unsigned long value
;
1526 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1527 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set
;
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1533 apuinfo_set
= FALSE
;
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1539 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1541 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1543 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1545 entry
= entry
->next
;
1548 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1552 entry
->value
= value
;
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1560 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1561 unsigned long count
;
1563 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1565 entry
= entry
->next
)
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1574 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1578 entry
= entry
->next
)
1581 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1587 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1589 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1591 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1607 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1610 unsigned long length
;
1611 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1613 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1621 unsigned long datum
;
1623 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length
= asec
->size
;
1634 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1637 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1638 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1643 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1644 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1646 /* xgettext:c-format */
1647 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1651 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1652 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1653 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1654 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1655 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1658 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1662 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1665 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1666 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1667 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1670 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1671 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1672 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1675 error_message
= NULL
;
1679 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1680 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1682 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1683 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1685 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1688 /* xgettext:c-format */
1689 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1697 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1700 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1701 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1704 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1705 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1707 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1709 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1712 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1715 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1720 unsigned num_entries
;
1721 bfd_size_type length
;
1723 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1730 length
= asec
->size
;
1734 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1738 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1742 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1743 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1747 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1750 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1756 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1757 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1764 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1768 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1770 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1771 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1775 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1777 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1782 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1783 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1785 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1789 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1791 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1792 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1793 && section
->vma
<= vma
1794 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1798 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1799 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1802 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
1803 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1804 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1805 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1809 size_t count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1816 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1819 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1822 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1826 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1830 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1831 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1832 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1833 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1835 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1836 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1837 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1838 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1840 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1842 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1844 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1847 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1848 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1851 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1852 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1854 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1855 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1857 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1860 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1862 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1863 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1865 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1866 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1867 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1874 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1878 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1884 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1885 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1886 glink stubs now reside. */
1887 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1891 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1892 from the first glink stub. */
1893 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1894 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1896 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1898 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1900 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1901 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1903 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1904 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1906 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1907 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1909 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1911 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1916 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1917 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1918 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1919 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1920 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1921 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1922 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1923 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1924 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1925 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1927 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1930 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1931 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
1934 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1935 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1936 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1938 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1940 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1943 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1946 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1948 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1952 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1953 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1954 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1955 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1959 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1960 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1962 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1963 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1964 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1965 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1966 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1967 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1969 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1972 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1973 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1977 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1978 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1979 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1980 names
+= strlen (names
);
1982 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1983 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1988 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1989 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1991 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1993 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1995 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1996 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
2002 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2003 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2005 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2007 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2009 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2010 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2018 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2019 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2020 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2021 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2022 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2025 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2026 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2029 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2031 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2032 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2033 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2034 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2035 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2038 /* The .got2 section. */
2041 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2044 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2048 /* .glink stub offset. */
2049 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2052 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2053 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2054 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2057 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2058 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2063 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2064 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2065 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2066 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2081 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2082 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2083 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2087 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2088 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2089 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2091 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2093 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2094 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2098 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2101 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2102 unsigned int count
: 31;
2104 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2105 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2108 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2110 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2112 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2114 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2115 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2116 from the beginning of the section. */
2117 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2119 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2120 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*dyn_relocs
;
2122 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2123 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2124 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2125 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2126 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2127 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2128 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2129 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2130 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2131 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2132 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2133 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2134 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2135 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2136 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2137 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2139 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2140 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2141 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2142 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2143 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2145 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2147 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2149 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2150 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2151 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2154 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2156 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2158 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2160 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2162 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2163 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2165 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2169 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2171 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2173 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2175 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2178 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2179 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2181 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2184 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2186 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2190 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2191 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2193 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2194 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2195 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2196 unsigned int got_gap
;
2198 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2199 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2201 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2202 unsigned int is_vxworks
:1;
2204 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2205 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2206 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2207 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2209 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2210 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2212 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2213 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2215 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2217 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2219 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2220 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2222 /* Small local sym cache. */
2223 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
2226 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2227 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2229 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2230 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2232 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2234 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2236 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2237 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2239 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2241 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2242 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2243 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2245 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2247 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2248 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2249 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2252 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2256 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2257 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2262 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2263 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2266 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2267 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2268 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2269 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2275 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2277 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2278 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2280 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2281 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2282 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2284 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2288 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2289 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2290 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2297 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2298 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2299 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2300 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2302 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2304 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2305 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2306 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2308 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2309 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2310 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2312 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2313 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2314 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2316 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2319 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2322 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2324 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2327 htab
->params
= params
;
2328 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2331 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2334 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2336 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2338 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2341 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2342 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
2344 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2346 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2347 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2348 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2355 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2356 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2357 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2360 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2361 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2363 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2367 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2368 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2370 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2375 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2376 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2378 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2379 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2381 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2386 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2388 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2393 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2394 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2395 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2397 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2398 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2399 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2401 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2404 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2406 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2407 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2408 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2409 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2411 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2415 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2416 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2419 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2422 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2423 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2424 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2425 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2427 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2430 /* Local plt entries. */
2431 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2432 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2433 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2435 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2436 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2439 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2441 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2442 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2444 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2445 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2446 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2450 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2454 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2461 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2462 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2463 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2466 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2468 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2472 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2474 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2475 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2478 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2481 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2482 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2485 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2486 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2491 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2493 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2494 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2495 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2498 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2502 if (htab
->is_vxworks
2503 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2507 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2508 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2509 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2510 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2511 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2514 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2517 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2518 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2519 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2521 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2523 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2524 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2526 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2527 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2529 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2530 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2531 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2532 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2533 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2534 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2535 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2537 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2538 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2541 if (eind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2543 if (edir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2545 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2546 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2548 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2549 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2550 for (pp
= &eind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2552 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2554 for (q
= edir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2555 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2557 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2558 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2565 *pp
= edir
->dyn_relocs
;
2568 edir
->dyn_relocs
= eind
->dyn_relocs
;
2569 eind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2572 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2573 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2574 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2575 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2577 /* And plt entries. */
2578 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2580 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2582 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2583 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2585 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2587 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2589 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2590 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2592 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2599 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2602 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2603 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2606 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2608 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2609 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2610 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2611 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2612 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2613 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2614 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2618 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2619 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2622 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2623 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2624 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2625 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2626 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2630 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2631 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2632 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2633 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2635 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2637 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2639 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2640 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2642 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2644 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2645 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2647 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2650 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2655 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2661 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2663 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2664 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2665 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2667 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2669 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2670 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2671 return linker_pointers
;
2676 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2679 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2680 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2681 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2682 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2684 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2685 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2686 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2689 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2691 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2694 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2696 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2697 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2698 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2703 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2707 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2709 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2710 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2712 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2715 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2718 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2719 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2724 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2727 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2728 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2733 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2736 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2737 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2738 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2739 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2740 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2742 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2745 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2746 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2747 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2748 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2750 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2752 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2753 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2757 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2758 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2759 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2765 static struct plt_entry
**
2766 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2767 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2768 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2771 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2772 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2773 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2775 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2777 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2779 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2780 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2781 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2782 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2783 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2785 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2788 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2789 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2790 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2791 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2792 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2793 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2797 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2798 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2800 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2804 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2805 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2809 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2810 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2815 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2816 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2819 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2823 static struct plt_entry
*
2824 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2826 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2830 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2831 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2837 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2839 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2840 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2841 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2842 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2843 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2844 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2845 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2846 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2847 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2848 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2849 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2852 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2855 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2857 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2858 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2859 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2860 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2864 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2867 /* xgettext:c-format */
2868 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2870 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2871 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2874 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2875 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2879 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2880 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2882 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2884 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2885 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2886 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2887 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2888 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2889 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2890 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2892 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2895 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2896 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2897 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2898 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2899 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2900 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2901 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2905 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2909 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2911 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2912 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2913 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2915 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2916 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2918 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2919 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2920 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2923 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2924 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
2925 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2926 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2927 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2930 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2931 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2933 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2934 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2935 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2937 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2938 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2941 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2942 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2946 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2947 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2948 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2949 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2952 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2953 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2956 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2957 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2959 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2960 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2961 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2963 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2967 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2969 if (h
== NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
2971 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
2976 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2978 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2979 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2980 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2984 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2985 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2987 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2988 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2989 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2990 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2991 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2994 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2995 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2996 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2997 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2998 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2999 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3000 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3001 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3002 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
3008 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
3009 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
3014 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3015 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
3016 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3020 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3021 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
3028 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3029 its parameter symbol. */
3031 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3033 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3034 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3041 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3042 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3045 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3048 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3049 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3052 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3055 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3056 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3057 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3059 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3060 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3061 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3064 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3065 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3066 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3067 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3068 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3070 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3073 /* GOT16 relocations */
3075 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3076 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3077 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3078 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3079 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3081 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3082 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3083 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3088 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3089 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3092 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3093 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3096 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3098 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3100 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3105 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3106 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3107 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3108 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3113 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3114 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3118 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3119 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3120 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3122 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3125 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3126 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3131 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3132 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3136 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3137 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3148 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3149 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3153 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3154 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3159 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3160 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3162 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3165 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3166 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3168 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3171 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3174 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3175 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3179 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3180 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3181 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3182 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3185 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3186 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3190 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3191 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3192 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3193 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3194 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3196 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3199 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3202 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3206 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3210 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3211 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3212 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3213 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3216 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3218 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3221 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3222 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3228 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3229 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3231 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3234 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3235 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3236 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3237 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3238 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3239 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3240 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3244 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3245 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3246 section relative. */
3248 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3249 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3250 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3251 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3252 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3253 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3254 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3259 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3260 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3261 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3262 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3263 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3266 /* These are just markers. */
3268 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3272 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3273 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3277 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3279 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3280 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3281 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3282 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3285 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3287 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3288 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3289 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3290 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3291 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3294 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3295 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3296 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3298 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3299 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3301 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3304 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3309 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3310 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3311 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3312 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3316 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3317 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3318 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3319 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3323 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3326 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3327 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3328 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3329 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3330 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3334 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3335 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3341 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3342 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3343 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3345 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3346 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3347 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3348 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3349 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3352 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3354 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3359 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3362 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3363 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3366 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3372 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3373 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3374 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3377 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3379 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3380 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3381 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3384 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3386 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3387 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3388 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3389 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3390 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3396 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3397 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3400 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3402 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3404 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3405 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3413 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3414 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3415 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3417 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3418 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3420 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3426 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3427 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3428 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3429 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3430 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3431 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3432 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3433 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3434 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3435 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3436 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3437 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3438 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3439 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3440 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3443 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3444 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3445 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3447 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3448 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3450 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3451 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3452 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3453 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3454 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3456 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3457 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3461 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3462 "create relocation for %s\n",
3463 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3464 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3468 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3469 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3471 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3472 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
3478 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3479 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3482 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3483 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3485 rel_head
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
;
3487 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3489 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3492 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3499 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3504 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3505 We really need local syms available to do this
3507 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3508 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3509 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
3512 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3514 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3519 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3523 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3524 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3525 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3527 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3529 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3531 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3534 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3537 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3551 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3552 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3554 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3556 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3557 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3558 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3559 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
3561 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3562 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3564 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3565 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3567 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3569 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3570 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3571 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3575 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3577 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3578 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3581 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3584 /* xgettext:c-format */
3585 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3589 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3592 /* xgettext:c-format */
3593 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3597 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3600 /* xgettext:c-format */
3601 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3602 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3605 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3608 /* xgettext:c-format */
3609 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3610 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3614 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3615 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3618 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3620 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3621 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3624 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3627 /* xgettext:c-format */
3628 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3629 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3632 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3635 /* xgettext:c-format */
3636 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3637 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3640 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3643 /* xgettext:c-format */
3644 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3645 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3648 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3651 /* xgettext:c-format */
3652 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3653 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3660 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3661 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3666 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3667 there are conflicting attributes. */
3669 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3672 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3673 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3676 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3679 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3680 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3681 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3683 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3684 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3685 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3686 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3688 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3690 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3691 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3692 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3696 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3698 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3699 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3702 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3703 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3704 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3705 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3707 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3709 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3711 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3712 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3715 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3718 /* xgettext:c-format */
3719 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3721 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3724 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3727 /* xgettext:c-format */
3728 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3730 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3735 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3736 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3737 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3738 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3739 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3741 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3742 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3743 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3745 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3747 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3749 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3750 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3753 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3756 /* xgettext:c-format */
3757 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3758 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3759 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3762 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3765 /* xgettext:c-format */
3766 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3767 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3768 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3774 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3778 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3779 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3782 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3783 object file when linking. */
3786 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3788 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3793 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3796 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3797 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3800 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3803 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3806 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3807 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3808 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3810 /* First call, no flags set. */
3811 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
3812 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3815 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3816 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3819 /* Incompatible flags. */
3822 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3823 to be linked with either. */
3825 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3826 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3830 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3831 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3833 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3834 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3838 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3839 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3842 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3843 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3844 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3846 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3847 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3848 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3849 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3850 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3851 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3853 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3854 any module uses it. */
3855 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3857 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3858 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3860 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3861 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3865 /* xgettext:c-format */
3866 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3867 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3868 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3882 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3883 asection
*input_section
,
3884 unsigned long offset
,
3887 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3890 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3892 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3893 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3894 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3895 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3896 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3897 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3898 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3900 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3903 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3906 /* xgettext:c-format */
3907 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3908 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3911 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3912 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3913 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3914 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3915 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3916 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3917 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3919 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3922 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3925 /* xgettext:c-format */
3926 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3927 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3930 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3932 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3933 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3934 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3936 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3937 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3938 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3943 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3944 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3946 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3947 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3951 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3955 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3956 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3957 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3958 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3959 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3960 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3961 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3962 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3963 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3967 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3968 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3970 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3971 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3973 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3976 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3978 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3980 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3982 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3983 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3984 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3985 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3986 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3987 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
)) != NULL
3988 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3991 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3992 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3994 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3995 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3996 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3997 r30 to be set up. */
3998 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
4003 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
4005 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4006 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4007 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4008 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4009 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4011 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4012 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4014 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4016 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4019 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4023 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4026 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4028 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4029 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4031 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4034 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4036 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4038 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4039 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4041 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4042 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4043 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4046 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4047 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4048 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4053 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4054 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4055 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4058 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4061 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4065 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4066 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4067 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4068 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4069 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4072 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4074 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4075 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4079 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4083 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4084 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4086 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4087 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4088 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4091 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4093 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4095 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4096 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4098 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4099 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4100 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4101 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4109 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4111 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4112 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4113 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4114 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4118 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4119 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4123 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4124 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4126 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4128 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4129 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4130 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4131 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4132 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4133 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4135 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4137 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4145 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4146 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4148 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4150 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4151 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4154 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4155 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4157 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4158 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4159 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4160 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4161 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4163 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4169 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4170 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4173 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4175 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4178 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4180 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4184 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4185 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4186 between the call and its destination. */
4190 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4191 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4193 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4195 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4196 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4199 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4200 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4202 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4204 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4208 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4209 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4210 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4211 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4212 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4213 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4214 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4215 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4216 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4217 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4218 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4219 together except their symbol. */
4221 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4223 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4224 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4226 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4230 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4232 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4233 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4234 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4236 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4238 /* Read the relocations. */
4239 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4241 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4244 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4245 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
4247 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4248 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4250 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4251 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4252 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4254 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4255 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4258 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4259 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4262 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4264 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4269 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4273 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4276 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4277 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4278 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4279 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4280 + sec
->output_offset
4281 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4282 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4283 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4286 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4290 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4291 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4293 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4296 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4303 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4304 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4307 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4309 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4311 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4312 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4313 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4314 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4315 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4317 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4319 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4320 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4321 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4323 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4324 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4326 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4327 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4328 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4329 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4330 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4331 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4333 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4335 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4336 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4338 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4339 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4340 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4344 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4345 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4346 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4348 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4350 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4352 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4354 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4357 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4362 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4364 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4365 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4366 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4368 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4369 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4372 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4375 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4379 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4380 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4381 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4384 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4385 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4387 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4389 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4392 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4393 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4394 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4395 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4402 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4406 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4407 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4411 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4414 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4417 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4421 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4422 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4423 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4424 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4425 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4426 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4427 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4428 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4430 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4431 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4433 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4434 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4436 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4437 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4439 /* Read the relocations. */
4440 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4442 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4445 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4446 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4448 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4449 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4450 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4451 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4452 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4453 bfd_boolean is_local
;
4454 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4456 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4457 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4459 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4461 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4462 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4463 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4464 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4465 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4468 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4469 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4470 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4471 without marker relocs, then check that each
4472 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4473 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4474 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4475 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4477 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4479 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4480 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4481 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4483 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4484 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4485 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4486 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4491 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4494 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4495 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4496 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4499 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4500 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4501 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4502 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4503 that turns out to be the case. */
4512 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4513 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4514 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4517 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4518 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4524 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4528 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4529 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4536 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4547 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4548 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4551 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4553 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4554 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4555 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4557 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4559 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4560 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4561 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4562 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4563 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4566 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4569 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4570 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4571 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4574 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4575 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4581 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4592 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4593 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4596 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4597 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4598 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4601 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4602 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4603 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4604 the entire optimization. */
4605 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4606 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4607 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4608 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4615 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4616 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4620 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4621 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4622 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4624 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4625 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4627 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4628 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4629 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4630 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4631 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4632 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4635 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4636 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4637 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4638 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4639 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4640 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4641 Disable optimization in this case. */
4642 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4643 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4644 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4645 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4648 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4650 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4653 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4654 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4655 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4656 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4657 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4659 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4660 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4667 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4672 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4673 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4676 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4680 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4684 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
4687 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4689 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4691 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4693 asection
*s
= p
->sec
->output_section
;
4695 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4701 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4702 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4703 size_dynamic_sections. */
4706 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4708 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4711 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4713 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4714 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4719 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4722 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4724 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4726 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4727 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4732 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4733 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4734 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4735 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4739 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4740 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4742 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4746 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4747 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4750 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4751 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4752 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4754 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4758 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4760 /* Deal with function syms. */
4761 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4762 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4765 bfd_boolean local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4766 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4767 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4768 function symbol is local. */
4769 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4770 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4772 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4773 won't need a .plt entry. */
4774 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4775 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4776 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4779 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4781 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4782 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4783 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4785 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4787 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4788 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4789 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4791 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4793 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4794 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4795 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4797 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4801 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4802 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4803 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4804 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4805 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4806 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4807 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4808 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4810 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4812 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4813 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4814 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4815 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4816 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4818 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4819 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4820 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4821 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4822 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4824 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4825 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4826 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4827 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4829 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4830 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4834 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4836 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4837 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4838 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4839 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4841 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4842 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4843 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4844 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4845 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4846 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4847 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4848 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4852 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4853 is not a function. */
4855 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4856 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4857 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4858 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4859 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4861 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4865 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4866 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4867 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4869 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4873 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4874 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4875 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4876 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4877 if (h
->protected_def
)
4879 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4880 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4881 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4882 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4883 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4884 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4888 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4889 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4892 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4893 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4894 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4895 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4896 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4898 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4899 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4900 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4902 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4905 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4906 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4907 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4908 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4909 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4910 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4911 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4912 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4913 same memory location for the variable.
4915 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4916 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4917 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4919 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4920 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4922 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4923 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4925 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4929 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4930 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4931 and into the runtime process image. */
4932 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4933 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4934 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4935 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4937 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4938 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4939 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4943 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4944 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4945 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4948 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4949 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4950 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4951 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4952 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4955 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4956 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4957 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4959 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4960 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4963 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4965 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4966 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4968 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4970 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4971 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4974 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4975 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4978 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4980 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4981 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4982 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4983 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4986 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
4988 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4989 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
4990 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
4991 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
4992 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
4993 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4994 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
4996 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5001 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5002 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5005 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
5008 unsigned int max_before_header
;
5010 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5012 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5013 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5017 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5018 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5020 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5021 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5025 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5026 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5028 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5029 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5031 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5032 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5038 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5039 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5041 static inline unsigned int
5042 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5045 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5050 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5052 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5054 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5060 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5063 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5064 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5066 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5068 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5069 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5070 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5071 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5074 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5075 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5079 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5082 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5084 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5085 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5086 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5087 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5090 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5093 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5094 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5095 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5096 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5097 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5098 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5099 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5100 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5101 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5105 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5106 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5110 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5112 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5113 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5114 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5115 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5116 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5120 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5122 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5125 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5126 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5127 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5128 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5129 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5130 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5131 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5132 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5133 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5137 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5138 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5139 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5140 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5141 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5142 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5148 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5150 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5151 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5152 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5153 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5154 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5156 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5157 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5158 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5159 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5161 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5162 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5163 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5164 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5166 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5169 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5170 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5171 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5172 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5174 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5176 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5177 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5178 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5179 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5180 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5181 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5182 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5184 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5186 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5188 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5197 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5199 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5201 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5203 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5210 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5212 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5213 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5217 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5219 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5220 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5222 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
5224 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5225 && !(h
->protected_def
5226 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5227 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5228 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5230 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5231 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5234 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5235 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5238 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5241 /* Allocate space. */
5242 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5244 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5245 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5246 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5247 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5250 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5251 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5254 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5255 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5256 dyn
= htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1;
5258 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5259 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5262 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5263 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5264 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5265 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5267 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5268 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5269 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5271 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5272 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5274 asection
*s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
5278 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5284 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5288 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5291 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5293 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5294 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5298 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5300 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5301 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5304 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5308 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5309 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5311 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5313 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5314 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5322 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5323 for the special first entry. */
5325 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5327 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5328 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5329 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5330 word available at the end. */
5331 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5332 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5334 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5335 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5337 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5338 file, and we are not generating a shared
5339 library, then set the symbol to this location
5340 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5341 relocations, and is required to make
5342 function pointers compare as equal between
5343 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5344 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5348 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5349 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5352 /* Make room for this entry. */
5353 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5354 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5356 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5357 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5358 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5359 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5360 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5362 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5365 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5370 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5372 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5373 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5375 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5377 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5378 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5383 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5385 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5387 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5388 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5389 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5392 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5394 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5395 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5396 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5399 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5400 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5401 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5404 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5406 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5413 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5417 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5423 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5430 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5431 read-only sections. */
5434 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *info_p
)
5438 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5441 sec
= readonly_dynrelocs (h
);
5444 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) info_p
;
5446 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5447 info
->callbacks
->minfo
5448 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5449 sec
->owner
, h
->root
.root
.string
, sec
);
5451 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
5457 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5459 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5460 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5461 1, /* CIE version. */
5462 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5463 4, /* Code alignment. */
5464 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5466 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5467 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5468 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5471 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5474 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5475 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5477 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5483 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5486 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5487 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5489 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5491 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5492 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5494 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5495 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5496 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5497 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5501 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5502 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5503 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5504 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5506 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5508 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5510 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5511 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5512 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5513 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5515 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5516 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5518 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5521 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5523 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5525 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5526 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5530 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5531 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5533 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5534 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5535 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5538 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
5539 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5542 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5543 handled specially by the loader. */
5545 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5547 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5549 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5550 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5551 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5552 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5553 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5555 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5556 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5557 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5563 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5567 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5568 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5569 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5570 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5571 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5572 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5574 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5578 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5579 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5580 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5582 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5585 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5586 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5587 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5588 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
5592 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5593 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5594 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5595 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5601 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5603 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5606 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5607 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5608 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5610 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5611 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5612 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5614 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5615 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5617 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5619 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5620 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5622 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5630 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5633 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5635 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5638 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5639 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5641 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5645 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5647 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5648 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5650 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5652 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5653 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5659 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5663 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5664 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5666 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5668 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5669 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5670 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5673 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5675 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5677 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5679 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5680 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5681 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5682 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5683 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5685 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5686 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5688 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5691 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5693 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5695 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5697 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5698 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5700 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5702 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5704 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5705 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5706 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5707 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5708 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5711 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5712 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5713 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5715 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5716 /* Space for the branch table. */
5718 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5719 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5720 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5722 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5724 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5726 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5727 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5728 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5731 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5733 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5734 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5735 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5736 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5737 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5738 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5739 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5741 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5743 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5744 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5747 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5749 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5750 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5751 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5752 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5753 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5754 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5755 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5757 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5762 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5763 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5764 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5765 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5766 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5768 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5769 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5770 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5773 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5778 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5779 Allocate memory for them. */
5781 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5783 bfd_boolean strip_section
= TRUE
;
5785 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5788 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5789 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5791 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5792 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5793 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5794 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5795 strip_section
= FALSE
;
5796 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5799 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5800 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5802 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5803 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5805 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5806 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5807 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5809 /* Strip these too. */
5811 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5812 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5814 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5816 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5820 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5823 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5824 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5830 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5834 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5836 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5837 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5838 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5839 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5840 before the linker maps input sections to output
5841 sections. The linker does that before
5842 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5843 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5844 into these sections. */
5845 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5849 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5852 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5853 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5854 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5858 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5860 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5861 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5862 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5863 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5864 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5865 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5866 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5868 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
5870 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
5874 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
5876 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
5877 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
5878 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
5879 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0))
5883 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5884 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5885 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5887 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5889 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5890 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5891 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5892 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5898 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
5899 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
5900 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)))
5904 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5905 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5906 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
5907 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), maybe_set_textrel
,
5910 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
5912 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
5915 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5916 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
5919 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5921 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5922 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5924 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5927 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5928 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5929 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5930 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5932 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5933 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5936 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5937 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5939 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5942 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5947 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5948 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5950 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5952 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5955 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5958 else if (adv
< 65536)
5960 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5961 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5966 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5967 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5970 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5973 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5974 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5977 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5978 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5984 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5985 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5988 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5990 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5992 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5996 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
5997 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5999 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
6000 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
6002 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
6003 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
6004 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
6005 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
6012 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6014 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6018 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
6019 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
6024 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6027 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6029 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
6031 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6032 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
6035 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
6038 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6040 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6041 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6042 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6044 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6045 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6046 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6047 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6048 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6049 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6050 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6051 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6054 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6056 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6057 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6058 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6059 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6062 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6064 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6065 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6068 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6069 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6070 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6071 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6074 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6076 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6079 struct one_branch_fixup
6081 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6083 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6084 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6089 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6090 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6091 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6092 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6093 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6094 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6095 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6096 unsigned changes
= 0;
6097 bfd_boolean workaround_change
;
6098 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6099 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6101 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted
;
6105 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6106 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6107 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6108 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6112 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6113 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6115 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6118 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6122 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6123 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6124 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6125 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6127 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6128 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6129 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6131 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6132 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6134 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6136 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6137 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6138 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6141 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6142 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6145 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6146 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6147 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6148 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6149 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6152 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6154 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6155 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6157 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6158 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6160 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6161 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6162 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6166 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6168 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6169 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6171 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6174 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6175 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6176 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6179 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6180 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6181 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6182 unsigned char sym_type
;
6187 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6188 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6190 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6194 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6195 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6196 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6199 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6200 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6208 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6209 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6210 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6217 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6218 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6222 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6223 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6228 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6229 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6230 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6234 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6235 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6236 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6241 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6242 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6243 branch stub in that case. */
6244 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6245 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6246 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6248 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6249 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6250 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6252 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6253 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6254 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6255 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6256 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6258 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6260 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6262 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6263 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6264 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6265 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6266 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6271 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6272 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6274 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6275 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6276 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6279 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6282 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6284 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6285 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6286 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6287 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6289 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6290 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6291 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6292 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6299 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6304 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6305 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6306 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6310 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6311 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6312 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6313 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6317 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6318 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6319 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6320 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6322 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6323 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6325 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6326 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6327 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6328 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6333 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6335 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6336 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6337 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6340 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6342 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6343 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6346 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6350 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6351 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6356 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6357 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6362 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6363 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6364 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6365 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6366 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6367 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6368 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6369 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6370 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6373 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6374 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6375 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6376 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6377 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6378 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6380 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6381 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6382 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6383 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6384 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6386 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6387 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6388 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6389 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6390 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6391 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6392 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6393 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6394 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6395 location of interest is just "sym". */
6396 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6397 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6398 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6401 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6402 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6405 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6406 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6407 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6409 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6410 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6411 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6413 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6414 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6415 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6416 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6417 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6418 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6421 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6423 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6424 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6425 fixup can be created at final link.
6426 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6427 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6428 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6429 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6430 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6433 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6434 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6435 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6436 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6437 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6438 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6440 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6442 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6443 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6444 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6445 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6449 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6450 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6451 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6457 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6459 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6460 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6461 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6462 one. We'll report an error later. */
6465 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6467 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6472 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6475 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6476 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6477 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6479 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6480 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6481 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6484 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6485 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6486 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6488 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6489 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6490 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6493 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6494 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6495 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6498 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6506 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6507 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6510 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6511 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6514 /* Get the section contents. */
6515 if (contents
== NULL
)
6517 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6518 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6519 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6520 /* Go get them off disk. */
6521 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6525 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6526 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6530 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6531 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6532 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6534 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6535 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6539 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6540 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6541 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6544 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6549 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6551 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6552 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6557 workaround_change
= FALSE
;
6559 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6560 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6561 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6563 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6564 unsigned int crossings
;
6565 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6567 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6568 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6570 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6573 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6574 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6575 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6576 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6577 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6578 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6580 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6581 workaround_change
= TRUE
;
6583 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6584 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6586 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6589 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6591 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6592 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6593 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6594 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6597 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6598 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6601 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6603 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6607 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6608 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6612 if (contents
!= NULL
6613 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6615 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6619 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6620 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6624 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6627 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6628 information for the trampolines. */
6629 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6630 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6631 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6636 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6637 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6638 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6640 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6642 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6644 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6645 free (internal_relocs
);
6646 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6647 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6648 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6649 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6651 else if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6652 free (internal_relocs
);
6654 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6658 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6660 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6661 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6664 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6666 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6668 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6669 free (internal_relocs
);
6673 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6674 discarded sections. */
6677 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6679 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6682 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6685 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6688 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6691 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6692 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6693 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6695 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6697 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6699 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6703 /* Handle global symbol. */
6704 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6706 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6707 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6708 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6712 /* Handle local symbol. */
6713 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6715 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6716 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6717 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6720 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6723 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6725 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6726 as a "written" flag. */
6727 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6729 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6730 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6731 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6732 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6735 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6736 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6737 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6738 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6742 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6743 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6749 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6750 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6751 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6754 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6755 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6756 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6758 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6759 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6761 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6764 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6765 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6767 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6769 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6775 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6777 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6779 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6781 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6785 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6786 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6787 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6789 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6793 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6795 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6796 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6797 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6798 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6802 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6803 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6806 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6808 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6813 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6815 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6818 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6820 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6824 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6829 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6832 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6834 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6835 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6836 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6837 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6840 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6841 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6842 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6845 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6849 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 31 << 26)
6852 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6853 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6854 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6855 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6859 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6862 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6863 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6864 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6865 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6866 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6867 insn
= (32u | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6868 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6869 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6870 insn
= ((58u | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6871 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6873 insn
= (58u << 26) | 2;
6880 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6881 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6882 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6885 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6887 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6888 && ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6889 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6890 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6891 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6892 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6893 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6894 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6895 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6896 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6897 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6898 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6899 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6900 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6901 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6902 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6903 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6905 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6906 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6908 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6910 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6911 && ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6912 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6913 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6915 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6916 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6917 if ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6918 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6926 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6928 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6929 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6930 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6931 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6935 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6937 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6938 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6939 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6942 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6943 to handle the relocations for a section.
6945 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6946 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6949 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6950 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6951 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6954 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6955 address or the reloc symbol index.
6957 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6959 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6960 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6962 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6963 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6965 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6966 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6967 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6968 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6972 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6973 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6975 asection
*input_section
,
6977 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6978 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6979 asection
**local_sections
)
6981 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6982 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6983 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6984 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6985 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6986 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6987 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
6989 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
6990 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
6991 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
6992 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls
;
6993 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
6994 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6997 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6998 "%ld relocations%s",
6999 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7000 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
7001 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7004 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
7006 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
7010 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
7012 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7013 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
7014 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7016 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
7017 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
7018 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
7019 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
7020 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7021 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7022 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
7023 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
7025 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
7026 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
7027 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
7028 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
7029 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
7031 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
7033 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7034 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7036 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7037 const char *sym_name
;
7038 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7039 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7041 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7042 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7044 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7045 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7046 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7049 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7053 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7055 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7057 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7059 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7060 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7061 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7063 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7067 bfd_boolean ignored
;
7069 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7070 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7072 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7074 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7077 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7079 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7080 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7081 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7083 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7084 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7086 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7087 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7088 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7092 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7093 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7094 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7095 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7096 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7097 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7103 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7106 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7107 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7109 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7110 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7111 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7113 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7114 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7115 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7119 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7120 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7121 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7122 for the final instruction stream. */
7126 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7127 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7129 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7132 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7133 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7134 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7137 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7138 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7139 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7140 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7141 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7142 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7143 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7144 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7145 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7152 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7153 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7154 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7155 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7159 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7160 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7162 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7163 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7164 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7165 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7166 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7171 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7172 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7176 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7177 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7180 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7181 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7182 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7184 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7185 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7186 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7190 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7191 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7193 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7197 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7198 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7199 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7202 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7203 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7204 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7207 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7208 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7209 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7211 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7215 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7216 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7218 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7222 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7223 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7224 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7226 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7230 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7231 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7232 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7233 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7234 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7235 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7236 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7238 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7239 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7240 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7241 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7242 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7243 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7244 intervening code. */
7245 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7246 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7247 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7250 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7251 insn1
|= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7252 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7254 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7255 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7256 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7258 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7259 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7260 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7265 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7266 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7269 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7271 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7273 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7275 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7276 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7277 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7278 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7279 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7280 + sec
->output_offset
7281 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7283 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7284 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7285 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7287 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7288 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7289 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7290 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7291 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7294 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7295 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7298 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7299 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7306 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7307 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7310 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7312 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7314 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7315 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7319 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7322 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7323 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7328 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7329 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7330 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7332 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7333 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7334 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7335 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7336 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7341 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7342 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7346 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7348 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7349 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7354 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7356 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7358 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7359 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7360 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7361 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7362 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7363 + sec
->output_offset
7364 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7366 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7367 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7368 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7369 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7370 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7371 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7372 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7373 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7379 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7386 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7387 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7388 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7389 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7392 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7393 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7394 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7398 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7399 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7402 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7403 + input_section
->output_offset
7404 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7406 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7407 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7408 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7410 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7414 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7418 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7419 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7420 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26
7421 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7423 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7425 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7426 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7427 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7428 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7431 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7432 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7433 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7434 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7435 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7440 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7444 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7445 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7446 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7448 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7449 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7452 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7454 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7455 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7456 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (15u << 26)
7457 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7463 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7464 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7465 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7467 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7468 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7469 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7470 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7471 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7473 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7474 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7475 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7476 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7477 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7478 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7479 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7480 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7482 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7483 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7485 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7487 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7488 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7489 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7490 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7492 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7493 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7495 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7496 output is reasonable. */
7497 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7499 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7500 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7501 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7503 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7505 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7509 /* xgettext:c-format */
7510 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7511 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7512 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7513 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7515 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7517 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7518 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7519 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7520 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7521 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7522 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7523 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7524 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7525 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7526 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7527 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7528 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7529 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7530 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7531 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7532 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7533 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7535 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7536 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7538 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7540 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7541 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7545 /* xgettext:c-format */
7546 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7547 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7548 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7549 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7554 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7556 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7560 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7561 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7563 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7564 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7566 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7568 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7569 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7570 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7575 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7576 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7577 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7578 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7579 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7582 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7583 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7584 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7585 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7586 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7587 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7588 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7592 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7594 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7595 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7597 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7599 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7600 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7601 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7602 apparently are using code compiled with
7603 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7604 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7605 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7606 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7608 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7609 /* xgettext:c-format */
7610 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7611 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7614 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7615 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7616 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7618 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7619 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7620 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7621 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7623 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7624 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7629 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7630 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7632 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7633 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7640 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7641 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7643 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7644 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7645 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7646 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7647 /* xgettext:c-format */
7648 info
->callbacks
->minfo
7649 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7650 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
, insn
);
7652 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
7656 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7657 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7659 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7660 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7661 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7663 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7672 /* xgettext:c-format */
7673 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7674 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7676 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7684 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7685 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7686 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7689 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7690 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7691 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7692 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7693 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7694 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7695 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7696 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7697 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7700 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7701 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7702 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7703 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7704 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7707 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7708 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7709 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7710 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7711 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7714 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7715 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7716 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7717 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7718 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7722 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7723 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7724 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7728 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7734 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7738 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7739 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7740 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7743 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7745 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7746 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7747 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7748 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7749 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7750 because of a version file. */
7755 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7757 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7761 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7763 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7766 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7767 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7768 processed this entry. */
7774 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7775 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7776 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7779 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7781 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7782 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7785 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7786 Initialize them all. */
7791 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7793 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7796 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7798 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7801 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7803 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7804 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7806 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7808 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7812 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7814 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7816 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7818 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7819 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7821 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7826 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7828 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7829 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7830 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7832 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7833 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7835 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7836 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7838 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7839 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7841 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7842 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7843 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7844 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7846 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7848 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7851 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7852 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7853 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7854 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7856 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7857 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7858 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7860 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7861 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7863 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7864 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7866 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7867 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7869 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7872 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7873 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7874 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7875 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7878 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7879 emitting a reloc. */
7882 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7886 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7890 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7893 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7894 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7895 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7898 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7900 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7901 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7905 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7906 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7910 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7919 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7922 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7924 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7926 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7927 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7929 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7931 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7933 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7935 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7942 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7943 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7946 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7947 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7949 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7951 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7952 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7953 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7954 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7956 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7957 /* xgettext:c-format */
7958 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7959 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7965 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7966 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7967 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7968 at a symbol not in this object. */
7969 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7971 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7972 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7979 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7981 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7982 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7983 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7984 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7985 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7986 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7987 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7988 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7989 /* xgettext:c-format */
7990 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7991 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7992 h
->root
.root
.string
);
7996 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
7997 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
7998 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
7999 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8000 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8001 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8004 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8007 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8008 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
8009 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8011 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8012 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
8014 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8015 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8016 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8017 defined before using them. */
8018 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
8019 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8020 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
8022 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8025 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8026 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8027 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8028 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8029 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8033 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8034 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8037 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
8038 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8039 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8042 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
8048 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
8049 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
8050 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8051 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8055 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8061 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8062 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
8063 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8068 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8069 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8070 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8073 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8074 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8075 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8076 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8077 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8078 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8084 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8085 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8086 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8091 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8095 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8097 || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8098 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8099 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8101 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8109 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8110 "create relocation for %s\n",
8111 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8112 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8115 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8116 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8119 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8122 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8123 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8124 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8125 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8126 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8128 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8129 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8130 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8131 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8132 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8133 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8134 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8137 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8138 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8141 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8142 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8143 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8144 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8148 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8150 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8154 /* If we get here when building a static
8155 executable, then the libc startup function
8156 responsible for applying indirect function
8157 relocations is going to complain about
8159 If we get here when building a dynamic
8160 executable, it will be because we have
8161 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8162 will set the text segment writable and
8163 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8164 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8165 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8166 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8167 /* xgettext:c-format */
8168 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8169 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8170 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8175 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8177 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8179 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8186 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8187 against a section symbol. It would be
8188 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8189 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8190 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8191 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8192 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8193 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8195 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8200 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8203 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8204 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8206 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8209 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8210 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8212 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8213 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8216 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8218 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8219 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8221 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8224 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8227 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8229 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8230 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8231 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8236 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8237 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8238 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8243 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8244 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8247 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8254 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8255 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8258 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8259 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8261 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8263 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8264 got2_addend
= addend
;
8267 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8268 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8269 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8270 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8271 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8273 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8274 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8283 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8286 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8288 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8289 + input_section
->output_offset
8290 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8291 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8292 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8293 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8294 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8296 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8301 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8304 relocation
+= addend
;
8305 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8308 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8310 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8311 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8315 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8316 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8324 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8328 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8329 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8330 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8331 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8332 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8333 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8334 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8335 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8337 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8338 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8342 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8343 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8344 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8345 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8347 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8351 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8352 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8356 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8357 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8358 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8359 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8361 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8365 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8366 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8370 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8371 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8372 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8373 AIX .toc section. */
8374 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8375 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8377 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8380 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8381 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8383 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8386 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8387 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8389 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8391 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8392 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8394 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8396 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8397 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8398 using -Bsymbolic. */
8402 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8403 procedure linkage table. */
8404 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8405 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8406 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8407 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8408 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8410 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8411 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8416 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8417 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8418 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8424 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8425 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8426 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8429 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8430 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8432 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8434 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8435 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8436 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8437 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8439 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8440 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8442 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8444 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8445 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8446 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8450 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8451 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8452 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8454 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
8457 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8459 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8461 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8462 + plt
->output_offset
8464 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8468 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8470 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8471 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8473 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8481 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8482 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8485 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8488 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8489 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8491 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8494 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8496 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8497 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8498 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8501 /* xgettext:c-format */
8502 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8503 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8512 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8513 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8516 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8519 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8520 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8522 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8525 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8527 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8528 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8529 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8532 /* xgettext:c-format */
8533 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8534 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8543 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8544 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8545 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8546 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8547 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8550 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8551 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8552 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8553 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8554 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8557 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8558 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8559 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8560 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8561 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8564 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8565 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8566 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8567 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8568 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8571 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8572 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8573 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8574 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8575 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8578 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8579 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8580 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8581 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8582 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8585 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8586 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8587 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8588 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8589 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8594 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8596 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8598 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8602 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8603 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8604 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8607 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8609 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8610 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8613 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8615 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8616 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8623 /* xgettext:c-format */
8624 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8625 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8631 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8638 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8640 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8643 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8646 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8649 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8650 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8651 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8652 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8653 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8654 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8655 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8656 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8657 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8659 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8661 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8662 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8664 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8667 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8671 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8672 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8673 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8674 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8675 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8676 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8677 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8679 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8681 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8682 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8686 /* Fill in register field. */
8687 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8688 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8692 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8693 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8694 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8695 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8696 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8697 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8701 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8703 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8705 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8709 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8710 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8711 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8712 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8713 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8714 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8715 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8719 /* xgettext:c-format */
8720 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8721 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8727 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8732 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8734 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8737 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8739 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8740 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8741 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8743 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8744 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8745 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8746 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8748 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8749 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8751 value
= value
>> 16;
8752 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8753 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8755 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8757 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8759 value
= value
>> 16;
8760 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8761 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8763 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8765 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8767 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8768 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8769 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8771 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8773 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8775 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8776 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8777 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8779 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8784 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8785 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8788 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8790 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8791 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8792 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8793 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8795 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8798 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8801 /* Negative relocations. */
8802 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8803 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8804 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8805 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8806 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8807 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8811 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8812 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8813 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8814 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8816 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8818 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8819 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8820 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8821 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8822 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8823 /* xgettext:c-format */
8824 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8825 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8827 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8838 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8840 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8841 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8843 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8844 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8845 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8846 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8848 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8849 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8850 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8851 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8856 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8857 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8858 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8860 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8861 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8862 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8863 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8864 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8866 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8867 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8868 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8869 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8874 /* Do any further special processing. */
8880 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8881 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8882 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8883 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8884 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8885 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8886 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8887 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8888 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8889 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8890 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8891 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8896 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8897 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8898 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8899 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8900 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8901 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8902 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8903 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8908 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8910 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8911 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8913 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8914 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8915 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8917 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8918 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8919 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8920 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8921 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8922 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8923 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8924 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8925 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8927 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8928 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8929 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8930 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8932 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8933 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8935 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8937 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8941 relocation
+= addend
;
8942 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8943 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8946 relocation
^= lobit
;
8947 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8948 /* xgettext:c-format */
8949 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8950 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8951 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8952 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8960 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8961 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8966 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8970 if (unresolved_reloc
8971 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8973 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8974 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8976 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8977 /* xgettext:c-format */
8978 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8979 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8985 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8986 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8987 have different reloc types. */
8988 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
8989 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
8990 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
8992 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
8994 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
8998 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
8999 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9000 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
9001 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9002 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9003 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9004 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
9006 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
9009 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
9014 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
9016 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9017 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
9018 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
9023 relocation
+= addend
;
9024 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
9025 + input_section
->output_offset
9026 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
9028 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9030 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
9031 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9036 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
9037 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
9039 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9041 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
9044 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9045 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9048 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9049 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9050 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9051 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9052 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9053 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9057 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9058 /* xgettext:c-format */
9059 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9060 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9061 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9072 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9073 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9075 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9076 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9077 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9079 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9081 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9082 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9087 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9088 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9089 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9093 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9096 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9097 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9098 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9099 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9101 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9102 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9103 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9106 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9107 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9108 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9109 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9110 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9112 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9113 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9115 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9121 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9122 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9123 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9126 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9131 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9132 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9133 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9134 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9135 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9137 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9138 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9139 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9140 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9141 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9145 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9146 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9147 bfd_boolean is_data
;
9148 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9151 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9159 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9160 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9162 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9166 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9183 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9184 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9185 avoid the icache failure.
9187 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9188 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9189 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9190 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9191 unconditional branches:
9192 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9193 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9194 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9195 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9196 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9197 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9198 instruction is not executed.
9203 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9210 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9211 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9212 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9213 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9214 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9215 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9218 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9219 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9222 . nop b somewhere_else
9223 . b somewhere_else nop
9224 . new_page: new_page:
9226 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9227 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9228 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9229 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9230 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (19u << 26)
9231 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9232 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9235 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9236 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9237 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9238 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9239 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9242 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9243 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9247 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9248 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9249 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9250 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9252 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9254 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9255 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9258 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9260 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9261 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9264 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9265 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9266 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9267 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9273 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9274 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9275 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9276 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9279 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9282 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9283 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9284 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9285 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9288 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9289 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9291 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9293 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9297 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9299 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9300 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9303 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9304 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9314 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9315 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9317 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9319 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9320 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9322 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9324 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9326 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9327 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9328 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9329 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9330 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9332 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9334 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9335 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9336 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9337 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9338 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9340 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9342 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9343 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9344 contents
+ patch_off
);
9346 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9347 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9348 contents
+ patch_off
);
9355 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9357 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9358 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9360 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9361 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9362 contents
+ patch_off
);
9364 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9365 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9366 contents
+ patch_off
);
9368 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9369 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9370 contents
+ patch_off
);
9376 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9378 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9379 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9380 contents
+ patch_off
);
9383 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9384 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9391 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9394 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9396 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9397 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9398 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9399 bfd_boolean doneone
;
9402 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9403 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9407 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9409 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9410 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9411 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9413 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9414 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9415 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9416 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9419 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9420 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9421 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9422 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9423 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9426 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9428 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
9429 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9430 && h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9433 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9435 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9436 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9438 /* Use the right PLT. */
9439 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9440 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9442 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9443 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9445 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9446 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9447 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9448 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9449 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9450 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9454 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9456 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9457 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9458 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9459 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9460 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9461 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9464 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9465 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9466 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9467 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9469 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9470 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9471 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9472 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9473 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9474 prescaled offset. */
9475 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9476 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9477 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9478 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9479 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9480 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9481 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9482 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9484 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9486 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9487 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9488 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9489 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9490 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9491 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9493 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9494 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9495 in this PLT entry. */
9496 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9497 + plt
->output_offset
9498 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9499 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9501 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9503 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9504 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9505 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9506 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9507 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9509 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9510 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9511 + plt
->output_offset
9512 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9513 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9515 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9516 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9517 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9519 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9520 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9521 + plt
->output_offset
9522 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9523 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9525 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9526 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9527 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9529 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9530 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9531 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9532 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9534 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9536 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9537 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9540 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9541 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9542 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9543 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9544 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9545 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9546 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9553 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9554 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9556 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9558 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9559 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9563 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9564 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9567 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9568 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9569 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9574 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9575 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9579 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9580 + plt
->output_offset
9583 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
9584 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9585 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9587 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9588 linker will fill it in. */
9592 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9593 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9594 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9595 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9596 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9603 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9604 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9605 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9607 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9608 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9610 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9611 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9612 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9613 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9617 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9618 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9619 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9620 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9621 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9623 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9628 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9629 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9630 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9633 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9635 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9636 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9638 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9639 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9644 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9645 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9647 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9648 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9657 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9660 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9662 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9668 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9670 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9672 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9673 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9674 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9675 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9676 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9677 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9679 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9682 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9686 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9687 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9688 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9689 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9690 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9691 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9692 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9694 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9696 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9698 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9701 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9704 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9705 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9707 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9712 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9713 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9714 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9716 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9718 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9719 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9720 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9721 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9725 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9726 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9728 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9729 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9733 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9734 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9739 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9740 + plt
->output_offset
9741 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9742 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9743 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9744 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9745 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9747 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9748 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9752 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9753 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9755 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9758 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9764 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9765 dynamic sections here. */
9768 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9769 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9770 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9771 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9773 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9774 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9777 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9778 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9782 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9783 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9784 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9786 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9788 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9789 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9790 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9791 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9792 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9793 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9795 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9796 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9798 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9800 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9801 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9802 function pointer. */
9808 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9809 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9810 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9811 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9812 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9813 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9816 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9817 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9818 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9819 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9820 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9828 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9831 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9834 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9837 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9839 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9841 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9842 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9844 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9845 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9847 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9848 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9850 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9851 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9855 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9861 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9862 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9863 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9864 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9866 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9868 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9869 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9871 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9873 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9874 return reloc_class_relative
;
9875 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9876 return reloc_class_plt
;
9878 return reloc_class_copy
;
9880 return reloc_class_normal
;
9884 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9887 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9888 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9891 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9894 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
9897 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9900 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9901 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9902 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9905 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9906 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9908 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9910 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9912 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9914 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9915 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9916 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9918 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9921 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9926 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9927 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9930 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9934 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9938 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9939 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9943 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9947 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9948 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9949 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9950 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9951 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9952 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9953 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9954 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9958 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9959 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9964 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9968 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9969 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9971 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9972 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9974 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9976 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9977 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9979 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9980 so that a function can easily find the address of
9981 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9982 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
9983 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9984 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
9989 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
9990 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
9991 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9992 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
9997 /* xgettext:c-format */
9998 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
9999 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
10000 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
10001 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
10002 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10006 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
10009 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10010 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10011 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
10012 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
10013 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10015 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10016 /* Use the right PLT. */
10017 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10018 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10019 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
10021 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
10023 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
10025 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
10026 splt
->contents
+ 0);
10027 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
10028 splt
->contents
+ 4);
10032 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
10033 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
10035 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
10036 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
10037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
10038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
10039 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
10040 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
10042 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
10044 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10047 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10049 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10050 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10051 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10053 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10055 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10056 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10058 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10059 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10060 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10062 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10064 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10065 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10067 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10068 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10069 in which symbols were output. */
10070 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10072 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10074 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10075 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10076 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10077 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10079 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10080 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10081 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10082 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10084 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10085 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10086 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10087 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10092 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10093 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10094 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10097 unsigned char *endp
;
10101 * PIC glink code is the following:
10103 * # ith PLT code stub.
10104 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10105 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10109 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10110 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10111 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10112 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10113 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10115 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10121 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10124 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10127 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10128 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10129 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10130 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10133 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10136 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10138 * # ith PLT code stub.
10139 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10140 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10144 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10147 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10148 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10149 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10150 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10153 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10154 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10158 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10159 and perhaps some padding. */
10160 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10161 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10162 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10163 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10164 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10166 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10171 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10175 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10176 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10177 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10179 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10181 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10182 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10183 glink branch table. */
10184 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10186 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10187 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10189 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10190 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10191 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10193 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10197 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10198 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10201 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10202 one other call stub before this one. */
10203 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10205 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10207 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10212 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10213 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10214 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10218 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10219 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10220 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10238 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10242 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10247 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10249 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10252 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10254 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10258 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10260 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10262 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10263 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10265 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10267 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10269 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10271 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10273 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10274 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10279 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10281 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10285 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10286 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10289 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10292 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10293 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10295 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10298 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10303 /* Offset to .glink. */
10304 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10305 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10306 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10307 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10308 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10309 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10311 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10312 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10313 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10314 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10321 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10322 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10323 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10324 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10325 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10326 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10327 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10328 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10329 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10330 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10331 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10333 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10334 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10338 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10341 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10342 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10343 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10344 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10345 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10346 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10348 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10349 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10350 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10351 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10352 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10353 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10354 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10355 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10357 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10358 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10359 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10360 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10361 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10362 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10363 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10364 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10365 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10366 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10367 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10368 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10369 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10370 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10371 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10372 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10373 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10374 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10375 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10376 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10377 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10378 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10379 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10380 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10381 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10382 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10383 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10384 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10385 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10387 #include "elf32-target.h"
10389 /* FreeBSD Target */
10391 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10392 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10394 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10395 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10396 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10397 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10400 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10403 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10405 #include "elf32-target.h"
10407 /* VxWorks Target */
10409 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10410 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10412 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10413 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10414 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10415 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10419 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10420 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10421 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10423 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10426 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10427 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10429 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10432 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10433 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10434 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10435 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10437 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10439 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10442 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10443 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10444 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10445 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10446 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10447 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10448 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10453 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10455 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10456 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10457 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10458 const char **namep
,
10463 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10467 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10471 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10473 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10474 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10477 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10479 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10480 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10481 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10482 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10483 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10484 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10485 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10486 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10487 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10488 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10489 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10490 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10491 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10492 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10494 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10496 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10497 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10498 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10499 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10500 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10501 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10502 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10503 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10504 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10505 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10506 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10507 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10508 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10509 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10510 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10511 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10512 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10513 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10516 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10518 #include "elf32-target.h"